[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/ 01/04: Added translation using Weblate (Finnish)

[Petter Reinholdtsen]

This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script.

pere pushed a commit to branch master
in repository debian-edu-doc.

commit db84cfa55f592bb86ac76c0a1deb98f967ce977d
Author: ekeimaja <ekeimaja at gmail.com>
Date:   Sun Apr 16 12:40:39 2017 +0000

    Added translation using Weblate (Finnish)
---
 .../debian-edu-stretch-manual.fi.po                | 8276 ++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 8276 insertions(+)

diff --git a/documentation/debian-edu-stretch/debian-edu-stretch-manual.fi.po b/documentation/debian-edu-stretch/debian-edu-stretch-manual.fi.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c99b950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/debian-edu-stretch/debian-edu-stretch-manual.fi.po
@@ -0,0 +1,8276 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL at ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-10 19:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"Language: fi\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article>
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title>
+msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Stretch 9+edu0 Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/23-Tjener-Login.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Debian Edu login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu Stretch 9+edu0 release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The version at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Stretch\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be "
+"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"http://maintainer."
+"skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing "
+"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Directly after installation of a school server all services needed for a "
+"school network are set up (see the next chapter <link linkend=\"Architecture"
+"\">details of the architecture of this setup</link>) and the system is ready "
+"to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a "
+"comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using "
+"PXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server "
+"from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed "
+"via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be "
+"taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks) as well as "
+"PXE booting for diskless machines like traditional thin clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Several educational applications like celestia, drgeo, gcompris, kalzium, "
+"kgeography, solfege and scratch are included in the default desktop setup, "
+"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Some history and why two names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\">Skolelinux</ulink> is a Linux "
+"distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=\"http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink> distribution "
+"it is an official <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> "
+"subproject."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian "
+"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-"
+"network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the "
+"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both "
+"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and "
+"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The main target group in Norway initially were schools serving the 6-16 "
+"years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several countries around "
+"the world, with most installations in Norway, Spain, Germany and France."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
+"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Stretch.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "The Debian Edu network topology"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
+"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, "
+"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers "
+"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of "
+"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a "
+"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate "
+"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't "
+"affect the rest of the network services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
+"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
+"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to "
+"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and "
+"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that "
+"service to the right computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
+"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
+"both a modem and an ISDN connection; however, no attempt is made to make "
+"such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to adjust "
+"the default situation to this should be documented separately)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "The default network setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"DHCPD on Tjener serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a syslinux menu via "
+"PXE-boot where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, "
+"boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the "
+"local hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This is designed to be modified - that is, you can have the NFS-root in "
+"syslinux pointing to one of the LTSP servers or change the DHCP next-server "
+"option (stored in LDAP) to have clients directly boot via PXE from the "
+"terminal server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"DHCPD on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second "
+"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and "
+"should seldom need to be changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Main server (tjener)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is "
+"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address "
+"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's "
+"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and "
+"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Services running on the main server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are "
+"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
+"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to "
+"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). "
+"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively "
+"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services "
+"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service "
+"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new "
+"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of "
+"course)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
+"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain "
+"text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
+"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration "
+"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus "
+"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an "
+"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Centralised Logging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "rsyslog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "syslog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Domain Name Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "DNS (BIND)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "DHCP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "bootps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Clock Synchronisation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "NTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "ntp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Home Directories via Network File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "SMB / NFS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "homes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Electronic Post Office"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "postoffice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Directory Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "OpenLDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "ldap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "User Administration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "GOsa²"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "---"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Web Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Apache/PHP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "www"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Central Backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Web Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Proxy (Squid)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "webcache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "CUPS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "ipp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Secure Remote Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "OpenSSH"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "ssh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Automatic Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Cfengine"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "cfengine"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "LTSP Server/s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "LTSP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "ltsp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Network Block Device Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "NBD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid ""
+"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
+"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "sitesummary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are "
+"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all "
+"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine "
+"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via "
+"NFS for Unix clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, "
+"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has "
+"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the "
+"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email"
+"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
+"the central user database for authentication and authorisation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
+"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
+"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual "
+"machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
+"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.0.0/8, "
+"while thin clients are connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the "
+"separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic "
+"of the thin clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
+"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
+"incoming messages from the local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
+"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
+"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network "
+"can use it as the main DNS Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server "
+"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
+"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will "
+"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be "
+"programmable on the server side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
+"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
+"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will "
+"have information on users, user groups, machines, and groups of machines. To "
+"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups, "
+"mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines "
+"which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups "
+"and mailing lists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow "
+"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part "
+"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user "
+"groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
+"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this "
+"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) "
+"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the "
+"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against "
+"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct "
+"time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main "
+"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to "
+"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they "
+"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for "
+"printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "LTSP server(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers (which we called \"thin "
+"client servers\" in releases before Stretch), which are installed by "
+"selecting the LTSP Server profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and "
+"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Please note: Thin clients are using the programs installed on the server. "
+"Diskless workstations are using the programs installed in the server's LTSP "
+"chroot, the client root filesystem is provided using NBD (Network Block "
+"Device). After each modification to the LTSP chroot the related NBD image "
+"has to be re-generated; run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</"
+"computeroutput> on the LTSP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Thin clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This "
+"means that the machine boots from a diskette or directly from the server "
+"using network-PROM (or PXE) without using the local client hard drive. The "
+"thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
+"effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the "
+"service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the "
+"network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NBD, "
+"and finally the X Window System is started. The display manager (LDM) "
+"connects to the LTSP server via SSH with X-forwarding. This way all data is "
+"encrypted on the network. For very old thin clients which are too slow for "
+"the encryption this can be set to the behavior from former versions, which "
+"is to use a direct X connection via XDMCP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Diskless workstations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For diskless workstations the terms \"stateless workstations\", \"lowfat "
+"clients\" or \"half-thick clients\" are also used. For the sake of clarity "
+"this manual sticks to the term \"diskless workstations\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
+"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot directly "
+"from the server's hard drive without running software installed on a local "
+"hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) "
+"hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software "
+"is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local "
+"installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are "
+"stored on the server too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
+"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Networked clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
+"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running Mac OS or "
+"Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Administration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will "
+"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be "
+"possible to log in to all machines via SSH (by default, root is not allowed "
+"to log in with password), and thereby have full access to the machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
+"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user "
+"authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinstall (CD)  "
+"and multi-arch USB flash drive. Both images can also be booted from USB "
+"sticks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and "
+"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
+"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmål, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (main "
+"server, workstation, LTSP server, ...). All other configuration will be set "
+"up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central "
+"location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "File system access configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
+"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
+"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to "
+"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by "
+"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by "
+"anyone but the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
+"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
+"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</"
+"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, "
+"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user "
+"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to "
+"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, "
+"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as "
+"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have "
+"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or "
+"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the "
+"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file "
+"sharing between the members of a group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. "
+"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as "
+"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files "
+"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by "
+"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of "
+"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to "
+"make them accessible.  The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and "
+"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the "
+"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the "
+"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material "
+"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this "
+"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are "
+"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely "
+"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive "
+"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want "
+"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration "
+"issues)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
+"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many "
+"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the "
+"configuration of network components, servers and client machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Hardware requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend="
+"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit "
+"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) "
+"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"At least 2 GiB RAM for 30 clients and 4 GiB RAM for 50-60 clients are "
+"recommended for the main and LTSP server profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Thin clients with only 64 MiB RAM and 133 MHz on 32 bit processors are "
+"possible, though 256 MiB RAM or more and faster processors are recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Swapping over the network is automatically enabled for LTSP clients; the "
+"swap size is 512 MiB, and if you need more you can tune this by editing "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf</computeroutput> on tjener to set "
+"the SIZE variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"If your diskless workstations have hard drives, it is recommended to use "
+"them for swap as it is a lot faster than network swapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 800 MHz and "
+"512 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern "
+"webbrowsers and LibreOffice 1024 MiB RAM is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"On workstations with little RAM the spell checker might cause LibreOffice to "
+"hang if the swap space is also too small. If this happens frequently the "
+"spell checker can be disabled by system administrators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"combined main server + LTSP server: 70 GiB. As usual with disk space on a "
+"main server, \"the bigger the better\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "LTSP server: 50 GiB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network "
+"architecture:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients (192.168.0.0/24 as default), but <link "
+"linkend=\"NetworkClients--Use_a_different_LTSP_client_network\">others are "
+"possible</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as "
+"workstations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Hardware known to work"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/smile.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid ":)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to "
+"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, "
+"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing "
+"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"An excellent database of hardware supported by Debian is online at <ulink "
+"url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Requirements for network setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Default Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different "
+"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more could be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each "
+"LTSP server network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses "
+"assigned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Internet router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and "
+"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal "
+"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though "
+"this is not needed and will not be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it like needed "
+"(not allowed to, technical reasons), a system with two network interfaces "
+"could be turned into a gateway if the Debian Edu 'Minimal' profile is "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "After the installation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "As an option install a firewall and / or a traffic shaping tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/sh\n"
+" # Turn a system with profile 'Minimal' into a gateway/firewall. \n"
+" #\n"
+" sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n"
+" sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n"
+" echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n"
+" echo 'netmask 255.0.0.0' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n"
+" hostname -b gateway\n"
+" hostname > /etc/hostname \n"
+" service networking stop\n"
+" service networking start\n"
+" sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat \n"
+" service enable-nat restart\n"
+" # You might want a firewall (shorewall or ufw) and traffic shaping.\n"
+" #apt update\n"
+" #apt install shorewall\n"
+" # or\n"
+" #apt install ufw\n"
+" #apt install wondershaper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In case you are looking for a complete router firewall solution capable of "
+"running on an old PC, we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org"
+"\">IPCop</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw</"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend "
+"using <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course "
+"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is "
+"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT "
+"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start"
+"\">supported hardware</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented "
+"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an "
+"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend "
+"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
+"architecture</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Installation and download options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Where to find additional information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes for "
+"Debian Stretch</ulink> before you start installing a system for production "
+"use. Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid ":-)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/alert.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "/!\\"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Be sure to read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link> "
+"chapter of this manual, though, as it explains how to log in for the first "
+"time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Even more information about the Debian Stretch release is available in its "
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual"
+"\">installation manual</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "netinstall CD image for i386, amd64"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The netinstall CD, which also can be used for installation from USB flash "
+"drives, is suitable to install i386 and amd64 machines. As the name implies, "
+"internet access is required for the installation. It's available via"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-CD."
+"iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-CD.iso</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
+"edu-9+edu0~a0-CD.iso ./debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-CD.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "USB drive ISO image for i386 and amd64"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The multi-architecture ISO image is 5.5 GiB large and can be used for "
+"installation of amd64 and i386 machines. Like the netinstall image it can be "
+"installed on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size. Please note "
+"that internet access is needed during installation if the 'LTSP Server' "
+"profile is chosen. Like the others it can be downloaded over HTTP or rsync "
+"via:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-"
+"USB.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-USB.iso</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-"
+"edu-9+edu0~a0-USB.iso ./debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-USB.iso </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Sources"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD sent "
+"for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink url="
+"\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no\">cd at skolelinux.no</ulink> and we will discuss the "
+"payment details (for shipping and media)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in the "
+"email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Installing Debian Edu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose "
+"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding "
+"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian "
+"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 52,000 packages to choose "
+"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our "
+"defaults should be fine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Installation types and options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK "
+"installer where you can use the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu "
+"with more detailed options to choose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">32-bit install options ></emphasis> allows a 32-"
+"bit installation on 64-bit hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the "
+"installer; see screenshot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access "
+"to all available questions, mouse usable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this "
+"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a "
+"preseed file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all "
+"available questions in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this "
+"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a "
+"preseed file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 32-bit Hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/01b-Installer_32bit_boot_menu.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "32-bit Installer boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Explanations are similar to those for 64-bit hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/01c-Installer_help.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Installer help screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the "
+"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the "
+"boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis role=\"strong"
+"\">Graphical install</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/BD_command_line.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Edit command line options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the "
+"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add <computeroutput>mirror/"
+"http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> as an additional boot "
+"parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further "
+"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the "
+"proxy of the main server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop instead of "
+"the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop, replace "
+"kde with gnome in the <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput> parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop instead, "
+"use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>. (Recommended if LTSP is "
+"intended to be used.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> desktop instead, "
+"use <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop "
+"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "The installation process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Remember the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Stretch/Requirements\">system requirements</ulink> and make sure you have at "
+"least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-"
+"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per "
+"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you "
+"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in "
+"addition to this one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
+"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are "
+"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile "
+"are stored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, "
+"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and "
+"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops "
+"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as "
+"suggested in earlier releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. "
+"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This "
+"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more "
+"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend="
+"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this "
+"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if "
+"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, "
+"too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it "
+"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
+"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and "
+"applications.  It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved "
+"out from the main-server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong"
+"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</"
+"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one "
+"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main "
+"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and "
+"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume "
+"most people will install <link linkend=\"Installation--"
+"Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients\">via "
+"PXE</link> afterwards. Please note that you must have 2 network cards "
+"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main "
+"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes"
+"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand "
+"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required "
+"partitions are created and are big enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
+"skolelinux.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and "
+"should be kept for future releases.  Although you don't have to, it is a "
+"simple way for you to help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will "
+"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running "
+"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user "
+"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is "
+"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux "
+"network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a "
+"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> - "
+"otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password will be "
+"accepted by the installer)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Be happy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Notes on some characteristics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "A note on notebooks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see "
+"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care "
+"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, "
+"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop "
+"to the network and logged in with the new password)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "A note on multi-arch USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"After you install from the multi-arch USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain "
+"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly "
+"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates "
+"can be installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ stretch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ stretch/updates main"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "A note on CD installs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) "
+"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount "
+"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays "
+"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktops). Once "
+"you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-server or combi-"
+"server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid "
+"downloading the same package several times from the net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Notes on LTSP Server installations using only Thin-Clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Providing the kernel boot parameter <computeroutput>edu-skip-ltsp-make-"
+"client</computeroutput> makes it possible to skip one step which converts "
+"the LTSP chroot from a thin-client chroot into a combined thin-client/"
+"diskless workstation chroot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This is useful in certain situations, such as if you want a pure thin client "
+"chroot or if there is already a diskless chroot on another server, which can "
+"be rsynced. For these situations skipping this step will cut down the "
+"installation time considerably."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Except for the longer installation time there is no harm in always creating "
+"combined chroots, which is why this is done by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Since the Squeeze release it is possible to directly copy the CD/DVD/BD "
+"<computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> images to a USB flash drive (also "
+"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like "
+"this, just adapting the file and device names to your needs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>sudo dd if=debian-edu-amd64-i386-XXX.iso of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1024</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just "
+"like a CD or Blu-ray disc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Installation over the network (PXE) and booting diskless clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main "
+"server. When clients boot via the main network, a new PXE menu with "
+"installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails "
+"with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably "
+"the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian "
+"Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the "
+"command: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware "
+"</computeroutput> on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-"
+"Server</emphasis> profile only:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/pxe-tjener.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "width=400"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main "
+"Server</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> "
+"profiles:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default one, "
+"press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted "
+"on the main network. Unlike workstations, diskless workstations don't have "
+"to be added to LDAP with GOsa², but can be, for example if you want to force "
+"the hostname."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend="
+"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Modifying PXE installations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be "
+"modified to ask for more packages to install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/"
+"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "d-i    pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/"
+"install.cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files can be "
+"changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more "
+"questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to "
+"provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</"
+"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install."
+"dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-"
+"pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/"
+"releases/stretch/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines "
+"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, "
+"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in "
+"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </"
+"computeroutput> need to be changed.  To disable the use of a proxy when "
+"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "
+"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </"
+"computeroutput>\" part from the last one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the "
+"preseeding file is downloaded.  These are configured in the PXElinux-based "
+"boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftproot/debian-edu/"
+"install.cfg</computeroutput>.  Language, keyboard layout and desktop are "
+"examples of such settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Custom images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use "
+"the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian Installer</"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> allows "
+"you to define answers to the questions normally asked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
+"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Screenshot tour"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - "
+"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity "
+"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the "
+"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + "
+"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of "
+"the main server, a PXE boot on the workstation network and on the LTSP "
+"client network:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/02-select_a_language.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "02-select_a_language.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/03-select_your_location.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "03-select_your_location.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "07-Detect_network_hardware.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "13-Install the base system.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/14-Select_and_install_software.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "14-Select_and_install_software.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/17-Select_and_install_software.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "17-Select_and_install_software.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "18-Build LTSP chroot.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "20-Finish_the_Installation.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "tjener KDM Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "KDE and Browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "KDE Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Diskless Workstation Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "KDE Desktop and Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Getting started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Minimum steps to get started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In "
+"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This "
+"account is special, as there's no Samba account (can be added via GOsa²), "
+"the home directory permission is set to 700 (so <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</"
+"computeroutput> is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the "
+"first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> to become root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--"
+"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> "
+"before adding users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Log into the server - with the root account you cannot log in graphically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Add users with GOsa²"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Add workstations with GOsa² - thin-client and diskless workstation can be "
+"used directly without this step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read "
+"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps "
+"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the "
+"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Stretch</link> chapter should be "
+"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those "
+"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend="
+"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use "
+"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS "
+"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\".  Update /etc/bind/named.conf."
+"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks "
+"and some frequently asked questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Debian Edu KDE desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
+"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Introduction to GOsa²"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important "
+"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or "
+"delete) these main groups:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Group Administration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "NIS Netgroup Administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Machine Administration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "DNS Administration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "DHCP Administration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system "
+"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was "
+"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + "
+"Workstation profiles). If all of the mentioned before is not available, see: "
+"<link linkend=\"Administration--"
+"Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-"
+"\">Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² "
+"access, and log in as the first user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a new Debian Edu Stretch machine, the site certificate will "
+"be known by the browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being "
+"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to "
+"accept it and ignore that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For general information on GOsa² have a look at: <ulink url=\"https://oss."
+"gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on "
+"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left "
+"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration "
+"pages offered by GOsa²."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP "
+"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the "
+"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and the Windows machines on the "
+"network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only "
+"needs to be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the "
+"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and "
+"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can "
+"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the "
+"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/"
+"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of "
+"the Debian Edu main server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "
+"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP "
+"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" "
+"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, "
+"Skolelinux workstations, Windows machines, printers etc.) are currently "
+"added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this "
+"structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with "
+"common home directories for each group in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Stretch//HowTo/"
+"AdvancedAdministration#User_Customisations_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">HowTo/"
+"AdvancedAdministration</ulink> chapter of this manual.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, "
+"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the "
+"selected department (or the base level)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "User Management with GOsa²"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the "
+"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" "
+"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Super-Administrator (the first "
+"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</"
+"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your "
+"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base "
+"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Adding users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move "
+"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" "
+"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) "
+"and the full name of your user (see image)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username "
+"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username "
+"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a "
+"problem.  Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name "
+"contains non-ASCII characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username "
+"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the "
+"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add "
+"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an "
+"additional option to the \"location definition\".)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for "
+"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has "
+"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that "
+"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You "
+"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine "
+"within your network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Search, modify and delete users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/filterbox.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Filterbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your "
+"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a "
+"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your "
+"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree "
+"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle "
+"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and "
+"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide "
+"actions for you: cut entry, copy entry, edit user, lock account, set "
+"password, take snapshot (not usable) and remove user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the "
+"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user "
+"belongs to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/edit_user.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Editing user data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Set passwords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their "
+"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided "
+"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will "
+"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to "
+"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in "
+"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the "
+"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by "
+"yourself"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/change_password_administratively.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Set user password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to "
+"guess passwords!</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Advanced user management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which "
+"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example "
+"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the "
+"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name "
+"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in "
+"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include "
+"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing "
+"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</"
+"computeroutput> on the command line)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite "
+"intolerant about them):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Use \",\" as field separator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Do not use quotes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header "
+"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during "
+"the mass import"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "The mass import steps are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be "
+"imported"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import "
+"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a "
+"few fictional users, which can be deleted later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Group Management with GOsa²"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/create_group.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "create group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/list_groups.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose "
+"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"By default, the appropriate Samba group isn't created. If you forgot to "
+"check the Samba group option during group creation, you can modify the group "
+"later on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where "
+"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the "
+"LDAP tree level, too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
+"you can use them for file permissions too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Group Management on the command line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# List existing group mapping between UNIX and Windows groups.\n"
+"net groupmap list\n"
+"\n"
+"# Add your new or otherwise missing groups:\n"
+"net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n"
+"                 comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This is explained in more detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--"
+"Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"
+"\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in "
+"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
+"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which "
+"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu "
+"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> "
+"chapter of this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations and thin-clients work out-of-the-box when connected to "
+"the main network. Only workstations with disks <emphasis role=\"strong"
+"\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa², but all <emphasis role=\"strong"
+"\">can</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP "
+"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently "
+"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and "
+"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly "
+"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned "
+"dynamically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address "
+"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; "
+"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</"
+"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in "
+"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first "
+"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for "
+"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and "
+"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. "
+"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching "
+"icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have "
+"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the "
+"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to "
+"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of "
+"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one "
+"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> "
+"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after "
+"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the "
+"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: "
+"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups if "
+"needed, reboot the system afterwards. The following screenshots show how "
+"this looks in practice:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"root at tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7 -t workstations\n"
+"info: Create GOsa machine for auto-mac-00-04-76-d3-28-b7.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7.\n"
+"\n"
+"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n"
+"\n"
+"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
+"enter password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/gosa_systems_list.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "GOsa² systems listing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Host details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Modify host"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "Add netgroup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</"
+"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Search and delete machines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and "
+"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its "
+"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name "
+"(as you would with users)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know "
+"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this "
+"context."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> "
+"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that "
+"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the "
+"services that machine can use on your main-server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "fsautoresize-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "ltsp-server-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "netblock-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "printer-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "server-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "winstation-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "workstation-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is "
+"used for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "NFS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The home directories are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the "
+"workstations and the LTSP servers. For security reasons, only hosts within "
+"the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts "
+"<computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> can mount the exported NFS "
+"shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure these kinds of "
+"machines properly in the LDAP tree using GOsa² and to configure them to use "
+"static IP addresses from LDAP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Remember to configure workstations and LTSP servers properly with GOsa², or "
+"your users won't be able to access their home directories. Diskless "
+"workstations and thin clients don't use NFS, so they don't need to be "
+"configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "fs-autoresize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions "
+"that run out of space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "shutdown at night"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to "
+"save energy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print "
+"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines "
+"only on the local network.  Combined with web proxy restrictions this might "
+"be used during exams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Another important part of machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag (in "
+"the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows systems to "
+"the Skolelinux Samba domain, you need to add the Windows host to the LDAP "
+"tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to the domain. "
+"For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux network "
+"see the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--"
+"Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"
+"\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Printer Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For Printer Management point your web browser to <ulink url=\"https://"
+"www:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/"
+"delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By default "
+"only root is allowed but this can be changed: Open /etc/cups/cups-files.conf "
+"with an editor and add one or more valid group names matching your site "
+"policy to the line containing <computeroutput>SystemGroup lpadmin</"
+"computeroutput>. Existing GOsa² groups that might be used are "
+"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> (with the first user as "
+"member), <computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> and "
+"<computeroutput>jradmins</computeroutput> (no members after installation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Clock synchronisation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
+"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct.  NTP is used to update the "
+"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default.  "
+"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it "
+"is created when used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this "
+"default setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
+"the main-server and all clients and LTSP chroots need to be modified.  Add "
+"comment (\"#\") marks in front of the <computeroutput>server</"
+"computeroutput> entries.  After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted "
+"by running <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart</computeroutput> as "
+"root.  To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run "
+"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Extending full partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might "
+"be too full after installation.  To extend these partitions, run "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root.  See "
+"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration--"
+"Resizing_Partitions\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Maintenance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Updating the software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt-get upgrade</"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Using <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a "
+"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
+"<computeroutput>apt-get update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of "
+"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt-get upgrade</computeroutput> "
+"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"As Debian Edu uses libpam-tmpdir, setting a per user TMP directory, it is a "
+"good idea to run apt-get without the TMP and TMPDIR variables set in the "
+"LTSP chroot.  It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get "
+"known output and sorting order, even though that making a difference is a "
+"bug in a package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"LC_ALL=C apt-get update ; LC_ALL=C TMP= TMPDIR= ltsp-chroot apt-get update\n"
+"LC_ALL=C apt-get upgrade -y\n"
+"LC_ALL=C TMP= TMPDIR= ltsp-chroot -p apt-get upgrade -y\n"
+"ltsp-update-kernels # If a new kernel was installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is important to run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-kernels</computeroutput> "
+"if a new kernel was installed in the LTSP chroot, to keep the kernel and "
+"kernel modules in sync.  The kernel is handed out via TFTP when the machine "
+"does PXE boot, and the kernel modules are fetched from the LTSP chroot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> to re-generate the "
+"NBD image(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> "
+"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to "
+"send mail to an address you are reading."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
+"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these "
+"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have "
+"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt-get upgrade</"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just "
+"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be "
+"configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/"
+"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>. On new "
+"installations security updates are enabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog "
+"entries to you via email, or alternativly display them in the terminal when "
+"running <computeroutput>aptitude</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>apt-"
+"get</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a "
+"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed "
+"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to "
+"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-"
+"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the "
+"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside "
+"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also "
+"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Backup Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, "
+"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this "
+"site without using SSL it will fail. Note: the site will only work if you "
+"temporarily allow ssh root login on the backup server (main server 'tjener' "
+"by default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</"
+"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/"
+"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. "
+"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) "
+"this setup should be fine for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard "
+"drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or "
+"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
+"command-line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date>  \\\n"
+"   /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
+"   /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</"
+"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the "
+"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
+"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu "
+"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Server Monitoring"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Munin"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
+"munin/\"/>.  It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, "
+"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with "
+"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, "
+"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary.  All hosts with the "
+"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring.  It will "
+"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring "
+"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed.  To speed up the "
+"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as "
+"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server).  This will update "
+"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each "
+"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> "
+"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
+"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-"
+"monitoring.org/\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Icinga"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
+"www/icinga/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is "
+"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary "
+"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive "
+"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple "
+"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the "
+"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the "
+"workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The username is <computeroutput>icingaadmin</computeroutput> and the default "
+"password is <computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>. For security "
+"reasons, avoid using the same password as root. To change the password you "
+"can run the following command as root:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "htpasswd /etc/icinga/htpasswd.users icingaadmin"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing "
+"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-"
+"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</"
+"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-"
+"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/"
+"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>.  The sitesummary cron job generates "
+"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> "
+"with the list of hosts and services to monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/"
+"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included "
+"in the generated file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga."
+"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full.  There are in general two "
+"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the "
+"partition.  If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling "
+"<computeroutput>apt-get clean</computeroutput> might remove some files.  If "
+"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the "
+"partitions might help.  To run this program automatically every hour, the "
+"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</"
+"computeroutput> netgroup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"New package are available for upgrades.  The critical ones are normally "
+"security fixes.  To upgrade, run 'apt-get upgrade && apt-get dist-"
+"upgrade' as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same.  On LTSP "
+"servers, remember to also update the LTSP chroot using <computeroutput>ltsp-"
+"chroot apt-get update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a "
+"good job with new versions, you can install the <computeroutput>unattended-"
+"upgrades</computeroutput> package and configure it to automatically upgrade "
+"all new packages every night.  This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To upgrade the LTSP chroot, one can use <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot apt-get "
+"update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>.  On 64-bit "
+"servers, one will have to add <computeroutput>-a i386</computeroutput> as an "
+"argument to ltsp-chroot.  It is a good idea to update the chroot when "
+"updating the host system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid ""
+"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed "
+"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot "
+"is required to activate the newest installed kernel.  This is normally "
+"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security "
+"issues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending.  This is most likely "
+"because of a unavailable printer.  Disabled print queues are enabled every "
+"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-"
+"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should "
+"be required.  The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are "
+"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> "
+"netgroup.  If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this "
+"host to one or both of these netgroups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Sitesummary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it "
+"to the central server.  The information collected is available in "
+"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in "
+"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to "
+"generate reports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from "
+"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system "
+"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration"
+"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend="
+"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Upgrades"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your "
+"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong"
+"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent "
+"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in "
+"Stretch</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to "
+"upgrade."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "General notes on upgrading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. "
+"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately not yet true as we modify configuration "
+"files in ways we shouldn't. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian."
+"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information.) Upgrading is still "
+"possible but may require some work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations "
+"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade. The diskless machines "
+"are easy, as their chroot environment can be deleted and recreated, if you "
+"haven't modified it. If you have, the chroot is basically a workstation "
+"chroot anyway, so rather easy to upgrade."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, "
+"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same "
+"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk "
+"and see if everything works as it should."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable "
+"release in its <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
+"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks "
+"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they "
+"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued "
+"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink "
+"url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for "
+"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Jessie"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Jessie in a test "
+"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main "
+"server installation (desktop=kde, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP "
+"Server). (For a general overview concerning jessie to stretch upgrade, see: "
+"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root. Read all debconf "
+"information carefully, choose 'keep your currently-installed version'; in "
+"most cases hitting return will be fine. Press 'q' to quit the apt-"
+"listchanges pager once you've read the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Upgrade the server side"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Make sure the current system is up-to-date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get update\n"
+"apt-get -y upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Do the actual upgrade."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"sed -i 's/jessie/stretch/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"apt-get update\n"
+"apt-get -y dist-upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to "
+"fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt-get -f install</computeroutput> and "
+"then <computeroutput>apt-get -y dist-upgrade</computeroutput> once again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Check if the upgraded system works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Reboot and test if it works like before: Log in as first user and test if "
+"the GOsa² gui is working, if you're able to connect LTSP clients and "
+"workstations, if you can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, if "
+"you can send and receive internal email, if you can manage printers, and "
+"maybe other site specific things. Use the testsuite scripts if you spot an "
+"error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP data base (on the main server) has to be adjusted. The sudoHost "
+"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an "
+"LDAP editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Upgrade LTSP chroot (default arch i386)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get update\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -y upgrade\n"
+"sed -i 's/jessie/stretch/g' /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get update\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -y dist-upgrade\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -f install\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -y dist-upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> still finishes with an error, "
+"try to fix it and/or run the <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> "
+"commands again, esp. <computeroutput>apt-get -f install</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Cleaning up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get --purge autoremove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Update LTSP support on the server side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"ltsp-update-kernels\n"
+"ltsp-update-sshkeys\n"
+"ltsp-update-image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Recreating an LTSP chroot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"On the LTSP server(s) the LTSP chroot could also be recreated. The new "
+"chroot will still support both thin-clients and diskless workstations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Remove <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386</computeroutput> (or <computeroutput>/"
+"opt/ltsp/amd64</computeroutput>, depending on your setup). If you have "
+"enough diskspace, consider backing it up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Recreate the chroot by running <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch i386</"
+"computeroutput> (or <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch amd64</"
+"computeroutput>) as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid ""
+"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Jessie)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Jessie "
+"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions "
+"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie#\">Manual for Debian Edu Jessie</"
+"ulink> about how to upgrade to Jessie from the previous release, Wheezy. "
+"Likewise the Wheezy manual describes how to upgrade from Squeeze."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "HowTo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "HowTos for general administration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
+"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get "
+"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos "
+"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid ""
+"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"With the introduction of <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> in "
+"Debian Edu Squeeze (previous versions used <computeroutput>etcinsvk</"
+"computeroutput> which was removed from Debian), all files in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> as a version control system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as "
+"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is "
+"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration "
+"history to be extracted and reviewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</"
+"computeroutput> is used.  To check the differences between two points in "
+"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> "
+"can be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "List of useful commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"etckeeper vcs log\n"
+"etckeeper vcs status\n"
+"etckeeper vcs diff\n"
+"etckeeper vcs add .\n"
+"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n"
+"man etckeeper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Usage examples"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the "
+"system was installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "etckeeper vcs log"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "etckeeper vcs status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Resizing Partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</"
+"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels "
+"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are "
+"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is "
+"unmounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, "
+"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</"
+"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises.  "
+"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one "
+"very large one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> "
+"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions.  When invoked, it "
+"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/"
+"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</"
+"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>.  "
+"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according "
+"to the rules provided in these files.  If run with no arguments, it will "
+"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument "
+"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these "
+"commands to extend the file systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in "
+"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache "
+"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be "
+"updated as well.  The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-"
+"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this "
+"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/"
+"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as "
+"its cache size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Logical Volume Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
+"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
+"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
+"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following "
+"commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
+"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and "
+"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal "
+"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) "
+"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first "
+"user):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"$ sudo apt-get update\n"
+"  $ sudo apt-get install gnome-session gnome-terminal firefox-esr xorg\n"
+"  # after installation, start a graphical session for the first user \n"
+"  $ startx"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Using ldapvi"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a "
+"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "The following needs to be executed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the "
+"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</"
+"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get "
+"a vi clone as editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the "
+"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be "
+"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for "
+"JXplorer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the "
+"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by "
+"default. To get write access connect like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"host: ldap.intern\n"
+"port:636\n"
+"Base dn:dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no \n"
+"Security level: ssl + user + password\n"
+"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access\n"
+"\n"
+"Click \"This session only\" if asked for the certificate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line "
+"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly "
+"useful for testing, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Using stable-updates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly "
+"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates "
+"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are "
+"done, which roughly happens every two months."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Using backports to install newer software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
+"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
+"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
+"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
+"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to "
+"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all "
+"backports available there.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "Using backports is simple:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"echo \"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ stretch-backports main\" >> /etc/apt sources.list\n"
+"apt-get update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following "
+"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "apt-get install -t stretch-backports tuxtype"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. "
+"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-"
+"free."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Stretch "
+"9.1+edu0 to 9.3+edu1) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only "
+"physical media, follow these steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive, mount it and use the "
+"apt-cdrom command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"mount /media/cdrom\n"
+"apt-cdrom add -m"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-"
+"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as "
+"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be "
+"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and "
+"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get update\n"
+"apt-get upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of "
+"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to "
+"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job "
+"once an hour."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "To install it run the following command as root:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "apt-get install killer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package "
+"which will install security (and other) updates automatically. If you plan "
+"to use it, you should have some means to monitor your systems, such as "
+"installing the <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> package and "
+"configuring it to send you emails about updates. And there is always "
+"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "To install these packages run the following command as root:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "apt-get install unattended-upgrades apt-listchanges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client "
+"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package will try to "
+"turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but "
+"will not turn it off if it seems to have users.  It will try to tell the "
+"BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server "
+"will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. "
+"These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is "
+"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, "
+"and as a special case, checking for the LDM ssh connection command to work "
+"with LTSP thin clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all "
+"clients do not start at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"There are two different methods available to wake up clients.  One uses a "
+"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a "
+"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</"
+"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, "
+"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname "
+"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the "
+"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the "
+"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</"
+"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan "
+"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers "
+"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL "
+"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches "
+"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the "
+"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/"
+"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP "
+"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a "
+"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-"
+"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</"
+"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/sh\n"
+"  PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n"
+"  export PATH\n"
+"  sitesummary-nodes -w"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on "
+"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-"
+"utils</computeroutput> package:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/sh\n"
+"  PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n"
+"  export PATH\n"
+"  netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing "
+"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>.  It can be used to set "
+"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From "
+"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH "
+"tunnel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid ""
+"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-"
+"server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, "
+"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a "
+"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with "
+"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu "
+"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-"
+"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "install the packages for the service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "configure the service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "disable the service on main-server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\"/> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific "
+"HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors "
+"(see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving "
+"the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication"
+"\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Advanced administration howto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Create Users in Year Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home "
+"directories for each group (home0/2014, home0/2015, etc). We want to create "
+"the users by csv import."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Make the necessary year group directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis>(as superuser in Gosa)</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Department"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The "
+"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose "
+"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2014) and Description fields "
+"(students graduating in 2014), leave the Base field as is (should be '/"
+"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2014) should show "
+"up below /Students. Click it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name "
+"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2014) and click the check box left "
+"of 'Samba group'. 'Ok' to save it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. "
+"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click "
+"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to "
+"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) "
+"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic, POSIX and "
+"Samba tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new "
+"template."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Now change to /Students/2014 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and "
+"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new "
+"2014 group under Group Membership, too), then add POSIX and Samba account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Import users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users "
+"is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Other User Customisations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home "
+"directory and set access permissions and ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n"
+" permissions=\"2770\"\n"
+" created_dir=0\n"
+" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
+"    if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+"        mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+"        chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+"        #set the right owner and group\n"
+"        #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+"        user=$home\n"
+"        group=teachers\n"
+"        chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+"        ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+"    else\n"
+"        echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+"    fi\n"
+" done\n"
+" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a (diskless) "
+"workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like in "
+"any other normal installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a thin client there is "
+"only a notify-window showing up for a few seconds. The media is "
+"automatically mounted and it is possible to access it browsing to the /media/"
+"$user folder. This is quite difficult for many non experienced users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to have the default KDE \"Plasma\" file manager Dolphin "
+"showing up if KDE \"Plasma\" (or LDXE, if installed in parallel to KDE "
+"\"Plasma\") is in use as desktop environment. To configure this, simply "
+"execute <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/ltspfs-mounter-kde "
+"enable</computeroutput> on the terminal server. (When using GNOME, device "
+"icons will be placed on the desktop allowing easy access)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In addition the following script could be used to create the symlink \"media"
+"\" for all users in their home folder for easy access to USB drives, CD-"
+"ROM / DVD or whatever media is connected to the thin client. This might come "
+"in handy if users want to edit files directly on their plugged in media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n"
+" shared_folder=\"media\"\n"
+" permissions=\"775\"\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
+"    if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+"        ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+"        ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+"    else\n"
+"        echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+"    fi\n"
+" done\n"
+" echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable "
+"media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, they "
+"can even mount the removable devices and access the files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Use a dedicated storage server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home "
+"directories and possibly other data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² "
+"as outlined in the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted--"
+"Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">Getting started</link> chapter of this "
+"manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server."
+"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage "
+"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"root at tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n"
+"    Export list for nas-server:\n"
+"    /storage         10.0.0.0/8\n"
+"    root at tjener:~#"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage "
+"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP "
+"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports "
+"file.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all "
+"clients to automatically mount the new export on request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. "
+"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,"
+"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of "
+"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card "
+"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list "
+"individual mount points in LDAP.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
+"    objectClass: automount\n"
+"    cn: nas-server\n"
+"    automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
+"\n"
+"    add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
+"    objectClass: top\n"
+"    objectClass: automountMap\n"
+"    ou: auto.nas-server\n"
+"\n"
+"    add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n"
+"    objectClass: automount\n"
+"    cn: /\n"
+"    automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern "
+"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</"
+"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount "
+"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Enable access in case diskless workstations are used. This is a special "
+"case, because sshfs is used instead of NFS and automount:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Create the mount point directories in the LTSP diskless client's root "
+"(default <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/</computeroutput>) as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Add a line containing 'LOCAL_APPS_EXTRAMOUNTS=/storage' to <computeroutput>/"
+"opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput> (example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Create a link in each user's home dir like 'ln -s /storage Storage' to help "
+"users find the resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly "
+"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any "
+"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server, and "
+"visiting ~/Storage in case an LTSP diskless client is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Restrict ssh login access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Setup without LTSP clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say "
+"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the "
+"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the "
+"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh "
+"into the machine from everywhere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level "
+"(where already other system management related groups like "
+"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/"
+"sshd_config."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Setup with LTSP clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The default LTSP client setup uses ssh connections to the LTSP server. So a "
+"different approach using PAM is needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users "
+"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from "
+"the internal networks by adding these lines:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n"
+"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n"
+"- : ALL : ALL\n"
+"#"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be "
+"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his "
+"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP "
+"server(s) as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "A note for more complex setups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If LTSP clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8 (combi "
+"server or LTSP cluster setup) things would be even more complicated and "
+"maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-"
+"identifier together with apropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable "
+"internal ssh login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Using KDE Plasma, GNOME, LXDE, Xfce and/or MATE together"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To install other desktop environments after installation, simply use apt:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt update\n"
+" apt install education-desktop-gnome education-desktop-lxde education-desktop-xfce education-desktop-mate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Users will then be able to choose any of the five desktop environment via "
+"the login manager before logging in. Of course, you can also choose to give "
+"less choices. Keep in mind that there will be several programs for the same "
+"purpose (like file managers, editors, PDF viewers...) if more than one DE is "
+"installed; this might confuse users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The use of LXDE as default on thin clients can be forced; see <link linkend="
+"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to do installations with the default desktop KDE Plasma, "
+"you can also <link linkend=\"Installation--Installation_types_and_options"
+"\">install with one of the four alternative desktops, GNOME, LXDE, Xfce or "
+"MATE</link> directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Flash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The free software flash-player <computeroutput>gnash</computeroutput> is "
+"installed by default. Installing a non-free flash player is an option. "
+"Please note that upgrading is special in this case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To install the (non-free) Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
+"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> Debian package from "
+"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>. This requires "
+"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/"
+"sources.list</computeroutput>. Use <computeroutput>update-flashplugin-"
+"nonfree --status</computeroutput> to check for a newer version and "
+"<computeroutput>update-flashplugin-nonfree --install</computeroutput> to "
+"install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The solution for Chromium is similar, it needs the package "
+"<computeroutput>pepperflashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> (also from "
+"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>) to be installed, which will "
+"install the (non-free) Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin. Use "
+"<computeroutput>update-pepperflashplugin-nonfree --status</computeroutput> "
+"to check for a newer version and <computeroutput>update-pepperflashplugin-"
+"nonfree --install</computeroutput> to install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the <computeroutput>pepperflashplugin-nonfree</"
+"computeroutput> package implements a more recent version of the Flash "
+"specification than does the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</"
+"computeroutput>, however."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Playing DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's "
+"not included in Debian (Edu).  If you are legally allowed to use it, you can "
+"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</"
+"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</"
+"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt update\n"
+"apt install libdvd-pkg"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure "
+"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Handwriting fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed "
+"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting "
+"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and "
+"with lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is "
+"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\">LTSP is the "
+"Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, "
+"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine "
+"boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM (or "
+"PXE) without using a local client hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot "
+"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is "
+"administered and maintained on the LTSP server (inside of the LTSP chroot), "
+"but it runs on the diskless workstation. Home directories and system "
+"settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an "
+"excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low "
+"maintenance cost as with thin clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"LTSP defines 320MB as the default minimum amount of RAM for diskless "
+"workstations. If the amount of RAM is less, the machine will boot as thin "
+"client. The related LTSP parameter is <computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD</"
+"computeroutput> with the default value 300. So if (for example) the clients "
+"should only boot as diskless workstations if they have 1 GB RAM, add "
+"<computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD=1000</computeroutput> to lts.conf (or set "
+"this in LDAP). Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any "
+"need to add them with GOsa², because LDM is used to login and connect to the "
+"LTSP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-"
+"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems "
+"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing "
+"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the initrd used by "
+"LTSP clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "In this case execute the following commands on an LTSP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# First get information about firmware packages\n"
+"apt-get update && apt-cache search ^firmware-\n"
+"\n"
+"# Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s). \n"
+"# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n"
+"# Things have to take effect in the LTSP chroot for architecture i386.\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-get update\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -d -a i386 apt-get -y -q install <package name>\n"
+"\n"
+"# copy the new initrd to the server's tftpboot directory and update the NBD image.\n"
+"ltsp-update-kernels\n"
+"ltsp-update-image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"As a shorter alternative -- installing all available firmware and updating "
+"the tftpboot directory -- you could execute:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "LTSP client type selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main "
+"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another "
+"forming a local 192.168.0.0/24 subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP "
+"server)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"On the main subnet the complete PXE menu is provided; the separate subnet "
+"for each LTSP server allows only diskless and thin LTSP client selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Using the default PXE menu on the main subnet 10.0.0.0/8, a machine could be "
+"started as diskless workstation or thin client. By default clients in the "
+"separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 will run as diskless workstations if the "
+"amount of RAM is sufficient. If all clients in this LTSP client subnet "
+"should run as thin clients, the following has to be done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"(1)Open the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ltsp/update-kernels.conf with an editor\n"
+"and replace the line\n"
+"CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp quiet\"\n"
+"with\n"
+"CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp LTSP_FATCLIENT=False quiet\"\n"
+"(2)Execute 'ltsp-chroot -a i386 /usr/share/ltsp/update-kernels'\n"
+"(3)Execute 'ltsp-update-kernels'\n"
+"(4)Execute 'ltsp-update-image'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Configuring the PXE menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The PXE configuration is generated using the script <computeroutput>debian-"
+"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>.  It allows some settings to be overridden "
+"by adding a file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</"
+"computeroutput> with replacement values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Configuring the PXE installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The PXE installation option is by default available to anyone able to PXE "
+"boot a machine. To password protect the PXE installation options, a file "
+"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/menupassword.cfg</computeroutput> can be "
+"created with content similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The password hash should be replaced with an MD5 hash for the desired "
+"password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror "
+"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the "
+"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon "
+"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, "
+"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</"
+"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf "
+"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. "
+"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
+"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To "
+"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-"
+"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-"
+"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-"
+"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional "
+"debconf values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link "
+"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> "
+"chapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#add the skole projects local repository\n"
+"d-i     apt-setup/local1/repository string      http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n"
+"d-i     apt-setup/local1/comment string         Example Software Repository\n"
+"d-i     apt-setup/local1/source boolean         true\n"
+"d-i     apt-setup/local1/key    string          http://example.org/key.asc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</"
+"computeroutput> once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Changing the PXE menu on a combined (main and LTSP) server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The PXE menu allows network booting of LTSP clients, the installer and other "
+"alternatives.  The file <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/"
+"default</computeroutput> is used by default if no other file in that "
+"directory matches the client, and out of the box it is set to link to "
+"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-menu.cfg</"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If all clients should boot as diskless workstations instead of getting the "
+"full PXE menu, this can be implemented by changing the symlink:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg /var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If all clients should boot as thin clients instead, change the symlink like "
+"this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-thin.cfg /var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"See also the PXELINUX documentation at <ulink url=\"http://syslinux.zytor."
+"com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Separate main and LTSP server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For performance and security considerations it might be desired to set up a "
+"separate main server which doesn't act as LTSP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To have ltspserver00 serve diskless workstations on the main (10.0.0.0/8) "
+"network, when the main server is not a combined server, follow these steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"copy the <computeroutput>ltsp</computeroutput> directory from "
+"<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot</computeroutput> on ltspserver00 to the "
+"same directory on the main server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"copy <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</"
+"computeroutput> to the same directory on the main server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"edit <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</"
+"computeroutput> to use the IP address of ltspserver00; the following example "
+"uses 10.0.2.10 for the IP address of ltspserver00 on the main network:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "DEFAULT ltsp/i386/vmlinuz initrd=ltsp/i386/initrd.img nfsroot=10.0.2.10:/opt/ltsp/i386 init=/sbin/init-ltsp boot=nfs ro quiet ipappend 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"set the symlink in <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg</"
+"computeroutput> on the main server to point to <computeroutput>/var/lib/"
+"tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"As an alternative, you could use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>, "
+"search for 'next server tjener' and replace tjener with ltspserver00."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Use a different LTSP client network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed "
+"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different "
+"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second "
+"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 "
+"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any "
+"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Changing network settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the "
+"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/"
+"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>.  It is "
+"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP "
+"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian "
+"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as "
+"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing "
+"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name.  Changing it would "
+"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main "
+"server file system.  There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS "
+"name of the main server (tjener.intern).  To do so would also require "
+"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system.  In "
+"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "LTSP in detail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "LTSP client configuration in LDAP (and lts.conf)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To configure specific thin clients with particular features, you can add "
+"settings in LDAP or edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts."
+"conf</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"We recommend to configure clients in LDAP (and not edit <computeroutput>lts."
+"conf</computeroutput> directly, however, configuration webforms for LTSP are "
+"currently not available in GOsa², you have to use a plain LDAP browser/"
+"explorer or <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>), as this makes it "
+"possible to add and/or replace LTSP servers without loosing (or having to "
+"redo) configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The default values in LDAP are defined in the "
+"<computeroutput>cn=ltspConfigDefault,ou=ltsp,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</"
+"computeroutput> LDAP object using the <computeroutput>ltspConfig</"
+"computeroutput> attribute.  One can also add host specific entries in LDAP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Run <computeroutput>man lts.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at "
+"available configuration options (see <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/"
+"LTSPManual.html</computeroutput> for detailed information about LTSP)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The default values are defined under <computeroutput>[default]</"
+"computeroutput>; to configure one client, specify it in terms of its MAC "
+"address or IP address like this: <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Example: To make the thin client ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To force the use of a specific xserver on an LTSP client, set the "
+"<computeroutput>XSERVER</computeroutput> variable. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[192.168.0.11]\n"
+"XSERVER = nvidia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart the "
+"client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To use IP addresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> you need to "
+"add the client MAC address to your DHCP server. Otherwise you should use the "
+"client MAC address directly in your <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
+"computeroutput> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Force all thin clients to use LXDE as default desktop environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that LXDE is installed on the LTSP server; then add a line like "
+"this below <computeroutput>[default]</computeroutput> in \"lts.conf\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "LDM_SESSION=/usr/bin/startlxde"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Note, that users will still be able to select other installed desktop "
+"environments using the \"Settings\" feature of LDM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Load-balancing LTSP servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several LTSP "
+"servers for load-balancing. This is done by providing <computeroutput>/opt/"
+"ltsp/i386/usr/share/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> as a script printing one "
+"or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each LTSP chroot "
+"needs to include the SSH host key for each of the servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the load-balancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. You will decide later how this "
+"is done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The load-balancing server must be announced to the clients as the \"next-"
+"server\" via DHCP. As DHCP configuration is in LDAP, modifications have to "
+"be done there. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'</"
+"computeroutput> to edit the appropriate entry in LDAP. (Enter the main "
+"server's root password at the prompt; if VISUAL isn't set, the default "
+"editor will be nano.) Search for a line reading "
+"<computeroutput>dhcpStatements: next-server tjener</computeroutput> Next-"
+"server should be the IP address or hostname of the server you chose to be "
+"the load-balancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. "
+"Remember to restart the DHCP service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.0.0 network to the "
+"10.0.0.0 network; attach them to the backbone network instead of the network "
+"attached to the LTSP server's second network card. This is because when you "
+"use load-balancing, the clients need direct access to the server chosen by "
+"LDM. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.0.0 network, all of the "
+"clients' traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen "
+"LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script which generates a list of server "
+"names for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. "
+"In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going "
+"to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server "
+"IP address or host name, in random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP addresses or hostnames of the servers as a "
+"space-separated list. Then, put the following script in <computeroutput>/opt/"
+"ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> on the server you chose to "
+"be the load-balancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+" # Randomise the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+" TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+" SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+" for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+"     rank=$RANDOM\n"
+"     let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+"     TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+" done\n"
+" TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+" for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+"     SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+" done\n"
+" echo $SHUFFLED_LIST"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the SSH "
+"host key for the LTSP chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</"
+"computeroutput> from all the LTSP servers that will be load-balanced. Save "
+"this file as <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</"
+"computeroutput> on all load-balanced servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</computeroutput> is "
+"included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you save your new host file as <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/"
+"ssh_known_hosts</computeroutput>, it will be erased when you reboot the "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"There are some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, which causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also, the clients require that server "
+"to be always available; without it they cannot boot or get an LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Your clients should now be load-balanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"LTSP thin clients support three different audio systems for applications: "
+"ESD, PulseAudio and ALSA.  ESD and PulseAudio support networked audio and "
+"are used to pass audio from the server to the clients.  ALSA is configured "
+"to redirect its sound via PulseAudio.  For selected applications only "
+"supporting the OSS audio system, a wrapper is created by <computeroutput>/"
+"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/debian-edu-ltsp-audiodivert</"
+"computeroutput> to redirect their sound to PulseAudio.  Run this script "
+"without arguments to get a list of applications with such redirection "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally and have none of the special "
+"setup needed for networked audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port "
+"are supported)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Configure this machine to run a printer in lts.conf (default location: "
+"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput>), see the LTSP "
+"manual <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/LTSPManual.html#printer</"
+"computeroutput> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://"
+"www:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type "
+"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers "
+"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP "
+"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
+"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available.  To "
+"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"ltsp-chroot -a i386  # this does \"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\" and more, ie it also prevents daemons from being started\n"
+"apt update\n"
+"apt upgrade\n"
+"apt full-upgrade\n"
+"exit\n"
+"ltsp-update-image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Installing additional software in the LTSP environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To install additional software for an LTSP client you must perform the "
+"installation inside the chroot of the LTSP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"ltsp-chroot -a i386\n"
+"## optionally, edit the sources.list:\n"
+"#editor /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"apt update\n"
+"apt install $new_package\n"
+"exit\n"
+"ltsp-update-image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Slow login and security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux has added several security features on the client network "
+"preventing unauthorised superuser access, password sniffing, and other "
+"tricks which may be used on a local network. One such security measure is "
+"secure login using SSH, which is the default with LDM. This can slow down "
+"some client machines which are more than about fifteen years old, with as "
+"little as a 160 MHz processor and 32 MB RAM. Although it's not recommended, "
+"you can add a line to <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</"
+"computeroutput> containing:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "LDM_DIRECTX=True"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: The above protects initial "
+"login, but all activities after that use unencrypted networked X. Passwords "
+"(except the initial one) will travel in cleartext over the network, as well "
+"as anything else."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Note: Since such fifteen-year-old thin clients may also have trouble running "
+"newer versions of LibreOffice and Firefox due to pixmap caching issues, you "
+"may consider running thin clients with at least 128 MB RAM, or upgrade the "
+"hardware, which will also give you the benefit of being able to use them as "
+"diskless workstations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Joining a domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
+"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main server, "
+"enables Windows clients to store profiles and user data, and also "
+"authenticates the users during the login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Joining a domain with a Windows client requires the steps described in the "
+"<link linkend=\"Samba\">Debian Edu Stretch Samba Howto</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Windows will sync the profiles of domain users on every Windows login and "
+"logout. Depending on how much data is stored in the profile, this could take "
+"some time. To minimise the time needed, deactivate things like local cache "
+"in browsers (you can use the Squid proxy cache installed on the main server "
+"instead) and save files into the H: volume rather than under \"My Documents"
+"\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "User groups in Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user group you add through "
+"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
+"available in Windows, e.g. for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
+"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group-"
+"aware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
+"             type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
+"             comment=\"All students in the school\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: It would be even better to first/also explain user groups for Windows "
+"with GOsa² (and then show an example for the command line)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
+"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE</computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
+"use this for example in the logon script which resides on the main server in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "XP home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Users bringing in their XP laptops from home can still connect to the main "
+"server using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
+"SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the Windows firewall before "
+"the main server will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever it's "
+"called now)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Roaming profiles contain user work environments which include desktop items "
+"and settings. Examples include personal files, desktop icons and menus, "
+"screen colours, mouse settings, window size and position, application "
+"configurations, and network and printer connections. Roaming profiles are "
+"available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
+"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make Windows "
+"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
+"but the most common problem is that users save their files on the Windows "
+"desktop or in the \"My Documents\" folder instead of in their home "
+"directory. Also, some badly designed programs use the profile to store data "
+"and as scratch space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>The educational approach</emphasis>: one way to deal with "
+"overlarge profiles is to explain the situation to the users. Tell them not "
+"to store huge files on the desktop, and if they fail to listen, it's their "
+"own fault when login is slow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Tweaking the profile</emphasis>: a different approach to dealing "
+"with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other parts "
+"to regular file storage. This moves the workload from the users to the "
+"administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
+"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Example smb.conf files for roaming profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: Maybe it is better to purge the examples. People who want to use "
+"roaming profiles should know what they are doing ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note</emphasis> The examples are outdated since in "
+"wheezy kerberos was configured for samba too!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"You might find an example smb.conf in your preferred language delivered by "
+"the installation on the main server under <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/"
+"debian-edu-config/examples/</computeroutput>. The source file is in English "
+"and is called <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-en.conf</computeroutput>; "
+"look for a file with the appropriate code in the filename (the German "
+"translation, for example, will be named <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-"
+"de.conf</computeroutput>). Inside the config file are a lot of explanations "
+"which you should have a look at."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Machine policies for roaming profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run <computeroutput>gpedit."
+"msc</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Under the selection \"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates"
+"\" -> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -> \"Exclude directories in "
+"roaming profile\", you can enter a semicolon-separated list of directories "
+"to exclude from the profile.  The directories are internationalised and must "
+"be written in your own language the way they are in the profile. Examples of "
+"directories to exclude are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "log"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Locale settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "My Documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Application Data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy</computeroutput> to "
+"all other Windows machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to copy it to your Windows OS deployment system to have it "
+"included at install time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Global policies for roaming profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"By using the legacy Windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe</"
+"computeroutput>), you can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) and put it in "
+"your netlogon share on the main server. This has the advantage of working "
+"almost instantly on all Windows machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For some time, the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
+"the Microsoft web site, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"With <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> you can create .pol files. "
+"If you put such a file on the main server as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/"
+"netlogon/NTLOGON.POL</computeroutput> it will automatically be read by "
+"Windows machines and temporarily overwrite the registry, thus applying the "
+"changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To make sensible use of <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> you "
+"also need to download appropriate .adm files for your operating system and "
+"applications; otherwise you cannot define many settings in "
+"<computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that the new group policy tools, <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</"
+"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>gpmc.msc</computeroutput>, cannot "
+"create .pol files; they either only work for the local machine or need an "
+"Active Directory server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you understand German, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\"/> is a "
+"very good web site on this topic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Editing Windows registry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
+"to other computers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
+"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Use the menu \"Edit menu\" -> \"New\" -> \"String Value\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Enter a semicolon-separated list of paths to exclude (in the same way as for "
+"a machine policy)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file. Mark a "
+"selection, right-click, and select \"Export\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Save the file and you can double click it, or add it to a script to spread "
+"it to other machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Sources:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/"
+"featured/gp/default.mspx\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/"
+"PolicyMgmt.html\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Redirecting profile directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes just removing directories from the profile is not enough. You may "
+"find that users lose files because they mistakenly save things into \"My "
+"Documents\" when this is not saved in the profiles. You may also want to "
+"redirect the directories used by some badly programmed applications to "
+"normal network shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Redirecting using machine policies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"All the instructions given above about machine policies apply here too.  You "
+"can use <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</computeroutput> to edit the policy and "
+"copy it to all machines. The redirection should be available under \"User "
+"Configuration\" -> \"Windows Settings\" -> \"Folder Redirection\". "
+"Directories that it can be useful to redirect include \"Desktop\" and \"My "
+"Documents\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
+"folders are automatically added to the synchronised folders list. If you do "
+"not want this, you should disable it via one of the following routes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"\"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"Network\" -"
+"> \"Offline Files\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"\"Computer Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> \"Network"
+"\" -> \"Offline Files\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Redirecting using global policies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: explain how to use profiles from global policies for Windows machines "
+"in the skolelinux network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Disabling roaming using a local policy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Using local policies, you can disable the roaming profile on individual "
+"machines. This is often wanted on special machines - for instance on "
+"dedicated machines, or machines that have lower than usual bandwith."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"You can use the machine policy method describe above; the key is in "
+"\"Administrative Templates\" -> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -> "
+"\"Only allow local profiles\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Disabling roaming using global policies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "FIXME: describe roaming profile key for the global policy editor here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Disabling roaming in smb.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If, perhaps, everyone has their own dedicated machine, and nobody else is "
+"allowed to touch it, editing the Samba configuration will let you disable "
+"roaming profiles for the entire network. You can alter the "
+"<computeroutput>smb.conf</computeroutput> file on the main server, unsetting "
+"the \"logon path\" and \"logon home\" variables, then restart samba."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"logon path = \"\"\n"
+"logon home = \"\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Remote Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Remote Desktop Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also "
+"installs xrdp, a package which uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a "
+"graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to "
+"the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional software - they "
+"simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and "
+"connect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
+"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
+"or Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is "
+"capable of RDP and VNC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative "
+"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely.  "
+"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
+"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
+"provided NX support to all students since 2005. They report that the "
+"solution is stable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
+"client HowTo</ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are "
+"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over "
+"here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the "
+"history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto "
+"and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
+"\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Samba in Debian Edu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The information in this chapter is outdated. Please read the information "
+"provided on the Samba wiki about supported Windows versions, needed registry "
+"patches and other procedures. Probably a line containing "
+"<computeroutput>server max protocol = NT1</computeroutput> needs to be added "
+"to the <computeroutput>[global]</computeroutput> section of <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. Please "
+"consider updating this chapter if you know how to configure Samba for Debian "
+"Edu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/"
+"Joining_a_Windows_Client_or_Server_to_a_Domain\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/"
+"Required_Settings_for_Samba_NT4_Domains\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Samba has been fully prepared for use as an NT4-style domain controller with "
+"Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7 as clients. After a machine has "
+"joined the domain, this machine can be fully managed with GOsa²."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This documentation presumes that you have installed the Debian Edu main "
+"server and maybe also a Debian Edu workstation to verify that working under "
+"Debian Edu/Skolelinux works for you. We presume that you have already "
+"created some users that can flawlessly use the Debian Edu workstation. We "
+"also presume that you have a Windows XP/Vista/7 workstation at hand, so you "
+"can test access to the Debian Edu main server from a Windows machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"After installation of the Debian Edu main server the Samba host \\\\TJENER "
+"should be visible in your Windows Network Neighbourhood. Debian Edu's "
+"Windows domain is SKOLELINUX. Use a Windows machine (or a Linux system with "
+"smbclient) to browse your Windows/Samba network environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "START -> Run command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "enter \\\\TJENER and press return"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show the netlogon share on \\"
+"\\TJENER, and maybe printers you already have configured for printing under "
+"Unix/Linux (CUPS queues)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Accessing files via Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Student and teacher user accounts that have been configured via GOsa² should "
+"be able to authenticate against \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<"
+"username> and access their home directories with Windows machines "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">not</emphasis> joined to the Windows SKOLELINUX "
+"domain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"enter \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<username> and press return"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"enter your login credentials (username, password) in the authentication "
+"dialog window that appears"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show files and folders in "
+"your Debian Edu home directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"By default only the [homes] and the [netlogon] shares are exported; further "
+"share examples for students and teachers can be found in <computeroutput>/"
+"etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on your Debian Edu main "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Domain Membership"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To use Samba on TJENER as a domain controller, your network's Windows "
+"workstations have to join the SKOLELINUX domain provided by the Debian Edu "
+"main server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The first thing you have to do is to enable the SKOLELINUX\\Administrator "
+"account. This account is not intended for day-to-day usage; its current main "
+"purpose is to add Windows machines to the SKOLELINUX domain. To enable this "
+"account log on to TJENER as the first user (created during main server "
+"installation) and run this command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The password of SKOLELINUX\\Administrator has been preconfigured during the "
+"main server's installation. Please use the system's root account when "
+"authenticating as SKOLELINUX\\Administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Once you are done with your administrative work make sure to disable the "
+"SKOLELINUX\\Administrator account again:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Windows hostname"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Make sure your Windows machine has the name that you want to use in the "
+"SKOLELINUX domain. If not, rename it first (and then reboot). The NetBIOS "
+"host name of the Windows machine will later on be used in GOsa² and cannot "
+"be changed there (without breaking the domain membership for this machine)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Joining the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows XP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Joining Windows XP machines (tested with Service Pack 3) works out of the "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"NOTE: Windows XP Home does not support domain membership; Windows XP "
+"Professional is required here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"log on to the Windows XP machine as Administrator (or any other account with "
+"Administrator privileges)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"click on \"Start\" then right-click on \"Computer\" and click on \"Properties"
+"\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "select tab \"Computer Name\" and click on \"Change...\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"under \"Member of\", select the radio button beside \"Domain:\", type "
+"SKOLELINUX and then click \"OK\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"a pop up box will request to enter credentials of an account with rights to "
+"join the domain. Type username SKOLELINUX\\Administrator and the root "
+"password, click \"OK\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"a confirmation pop up box will welcome you to the SKOLELINUX domain. "
+"Clicking on \"OK\", will result in having another message informing that a "
+"reboot for the machine is required to apply the changes. Click on \"OK\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"After the reboot, when you login the first time, click on the \"Options >"
+">\" button and select the domain SKOLELINUX instead of the local domain "
+"(\"this computer\")"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If joining the domain has been successful you should then be able to view "
+"the host details within GOsa² (under the menu section \"Systems\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Joining the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows Vista/7"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Joining Windows Vista/7 machines to the SKOLELINUX domain requires the "
+"installation of a registry patch on the Windows Vista/7 client. This patch "
+"is provided at this location:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"\\\\tjener\\netlogon\\win7+samba_domain-membership\\Win7_Samba3DomainMember."
+"reg"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"For further information please consult the included README_Win7-Domain-"
+"Membership.txt in the same folder. Make sure you apply this patch as a local "
+"Administrator of the Windows system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"After applying the above patch and rebooting the client system you should be "
+"able to join the SKOLELINUX domain:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"the basic system information page will open. Under \"Computer name, domain, "
+"and workgroup settings\", click on \"Change Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "on the System Properties page, click on \"Change...\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "First Domain Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Edu ships some logon scripts that pre-configure the Windows user "
+"profile on first logon. When logging on to a Windows workstation that has "
+"joined the SKOLELINUX domain for the first time the following tasks are run:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"copy the user's Firefox profile to a separate location and register that "
+"with Mozilla Firefox on Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in Firefox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in IE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"add a MyHome icon to the Desktop that points to drive H: and opens Windows "
+"Explorer on double-click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Other tasks are run on every logon. For further information on this, please "
+"refer to the <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon</computeroutput> folder on "
+"your Debian Edu main server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running "
+"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Moodle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/moodle#\">Moodle</ulink> is "
+"a free, Open Source course management system - software designed using sound "
+"pedagogical principles to help educators create effective online learning "
+"communities. You can download and use it on any computer (including "
+"webhosts), yet it can scale from a single-teacher site to a University with "
+"200,000 students. Some schools in France use Moodle to keep track of "
+"students' facilities and credit points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"There are <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">moodle sites</ulink> all "
+"over the world, mostly concentrated in Europe and North America. Check the "
+"site of an <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">institution</ulink> near "
+"you to get an idea about it. More information is available at the <ulink url="
+"\"http://moodle.org\">moodle project page,</ulink> including <ulink url="
+"\"http://docs.moodle.org/en/Main_Page\">documentation</ulink> and <ulink url="
+"\"http://moodle.org/support/\">support</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Teaching Prolog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/swi-prolog#\">SWI-Prolog</"
+"ulink> is an open source implementation of the programming language Prolog, "
+"commonly used for teaching and semantic web applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Monitoring pupils"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/"
+"stable/controlaula#\">Controlaula</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages."
+"debian.org/stable/italc-master#\">iTALC</ulink> to supervise their "
+"students.  See also the <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/"
+"italc/index.php?title=Main_Page\">iTALC Wiki</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status "
+"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in "
+"your jurisdiction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Restricting pupils' network access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#"
+"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/"
+"dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Smart-Board integration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Some schools use the products of <ulink url=\"http://smarttech.com"
+"\">Smarttech</ulink> for their teaching. You need a workstation with drivers "
+"and software for this, Smarttech has published some working non-free "
+"Software in a Debian Repository as a download. A local copy of this "
+"repository needs to be put inside the school network, so that the smartboard "
+"software could be installed on our machines. So teachers and pupils can "
+"prepare for class on every computer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Providing the repository on the main server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Download the repository as a tar.gz file from <ulink url=\"http://smarttech."
+"com/us/Support/Browse+Support/Download+Software/Software/SMART+Notebook"
+"+collaborative+learning+software/Previous+versions/SMART+Notebook+10_2+for"
+"+Linux\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# move the tar.gz file to a repository directory on the school network's webroot (by default located on tjener):\n"
+"root at tjener:~# \n"
+"mkdir /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
+"mv smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
+"# change into the new directory\n"
+"root at tjener:~# cd /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n"
+"# extract the file\n"
+"root at tjener:~# tar xzvf smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Add the needed packages to the PXE installation image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-"
+"install.dat.local</computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://www/debian/ stable non-free\n"
+"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string SMART Repo\n"
+"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n"
+"d-i pkgsel/include string smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Update the preseed file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"After this, new installations via PXE will have the <ulink url=\"https://"
+"wiki.debian.org/SmartBoard#\">SmartBoard</ulink> software installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Adding the SmartBoard software manually after installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "The following instructions are for updating LTSP chroots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Use an editor to add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources."
+"list</computeroutput> in the chroot:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"### SMART Repo\n"
+"deb http://www/debian/ stable non-free"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Start the editor like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ltsp-chroot -a i386 editor /etc/apt/sources.list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Add the repository key and install the software:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"ltsp-chroot -a i386 wget http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-key add swbuild.asc\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -a i386 rm swbuild.asc\n"
+"# update the dpkg database and install the wanted packages\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude update\n"
+"ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude install smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> are "
+"either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over "
+"here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors if they are "
+"happy with moving them and putting them under the GPL - see the page "
+"histories to find them.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\"/> - "
+"incomplete but interesting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "HowTos for users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Changing passwords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just "
+"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos "
+"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba (sambaNTPassword and "
+"sambaLMPassword) are the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but "
+"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² "
+"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you "
+"really should also change it using GOsa²."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Running standalone Java applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK "
+"Java runtime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Running Java applications in the web browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Running Java applets in the browser are supported out of the box by the "
+"OpenJDK Java runtime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Using email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network. To allow "
+"mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the "
+"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local "
+"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. "
+"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url="
+"\"mailto:jdoe at postoffice.intern\">jdoe at postoffice.intern</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Thunderbird"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Start Thunderbird"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Enter your email address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Uncheck 'Remember password'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Click 'Continue'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Click 'Manual config'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Under Authentication, change it to 'Kerberos/GSSAPI' for SMTP as well"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Click 'Done'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "A warning pops up, check 'I understand the risks' and click 'Done'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"First time accessing the inbox click 'Confirm Security Exception' to accept "
+"the certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Obtaining a Kerberos ticket to read email on diskless workstations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If working on a diskless workstation, you don't have a Kerberos TGT by "
+"default. To get one, click the credentials button in the system tray. Enter "
+"your password and the ticket will be granted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Volume control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"On thin clients, <computeroutput>pavucontrol</computeroutput> or "
+"<computeroutput>alsamixer</computeroutput> (but not <computeroutput>kmix</"
+"computeroutput>) can be used to change audio volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"On other machines (workstations, LTSP servers, and diskless workstations), "
+"<computeroutput>kmix</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>alsamixer</"
+"computeroutput> can be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Contribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Let us know you exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/worldmap.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid ""
+"http://www.skolelinux.no/slschools/worldmap.php?lang=en&image=worldmap."
+"png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
+"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
+"us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
+"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
+"where the users of the distribution are located.  Please let us know about "
+"your installation, by registering in this database.  To register your "
+"school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">use "
+"this web form</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Contribute locally"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of "
+"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users "
+"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and "
+"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Contribute globally"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu"
+"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, "
+"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and "
+"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New "
+"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
+"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
+"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
+"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider "
+"sharing your knowledge with us."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
+"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Stretch/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed "
+"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
+"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document "
+"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</"
+"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this "
+"book!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Volunteer based support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "in English"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/admin-discuss\"/> - "
+"support mailing list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do "
+"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "in Norwegian"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support "
+"mailing list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - "
+"mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "in German"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support mailing "
+"list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\"/> - wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "in French"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing "
+"list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Professional support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "New features in Debian Edu Stretch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This is a <emphasis role=\"strong\">ALPHA</emphasis> release of Debian Edu "
+"9+edu0. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Do not use in production yet.</emphasis> "
+"Please report feedback to <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org"
+"\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org</ulink>!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Known issues"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Stretch#\">the "
+"Debian Edu Stretch status page</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Installation changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation "
+"manual</ulink> for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/"
+"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for "
+"Debian 9 Stretch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Software updates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Linux kernel 4.9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE "
+"0.99.2, MATE 1.16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others "
+"see this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Firefox 45.8 ESR and Chromium 57"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "GOsa 2.7.4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "LTSP 5.5.9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</"
+"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/"
+"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Documentation and translation updates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates "
+"are now available in 29 languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, "
+"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese "
+"translation was newly added for Stretch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' "
+"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown "
+"messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost "
+"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an "
+"LDAP editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer "
+"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some "
+"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for "
+"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system "
+"with a low uptime value is powered off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single "
+"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated "
+"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take "
+"effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are "
+"no longer allowed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Copyright and authors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, 2009, "
+"2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, "
+"2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), "
+"Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), "
+"Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, "
+"2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy "
+"(2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, "
+"2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), "
+"Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), "
+"Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013, "
+"2014, 2015, 2016, 2017), Bernhard Hammes (2012) and Joe Hansen (2015) and is "
+"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
+"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! "
+"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later "
+"version\" licence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), "
+"Rafael Rivas (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2015) and Norman Garcia (2010, 2012, "
+"2013) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2012, "
+"2014, 2015, 2016, 2017), Håvard Korsvoll (2007-2009), Tore Skogly (2008), "
+"Ole-Anders Andreassen (2010), Jan Roar Rød (2010), Ole-Erik Yrvin (2014, "
+"2016, 2017), Ingrid Yrvin (2014, 2015, 2016, 2017), Hans Arthur Kielland "
+"Aanesen (2014), Knut Yrvin (2014), FourFire Le'bard (2014), Stefan Mitchell-"
+"Lauridsen (2014) and Ragnar Wisløff (2014) and is released under the GPL v2 "
+"or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
+"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007, 2009), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
+"2008, 2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007, 2009, 2011, 2014), Ludger Sicking (2008, "
+"2010), Kai Hatje (2008), Kurt Gramlich (2009), Franziska Teichert (2009), "
+"Philipp Hübner (2009), Andreas Mundt (2009, 2010) and Wolfgang Schweer "
+"(2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017) and is released under the GPL v2 or any "
+"later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008, "
+"2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017) and Beatrice Torracca "
+"(2013, 2014) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008), Olivier "
+"Vitrat (2010), Cédric Boutillier (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015), Jean-Paul "
+"Guilloneau (2012), David Prévot (2012), Thomas Vincent (2012) and the French "
+"l10n team (2009, 2010, 2012) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later "
+"version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Danish translation is copyrighted by Joe Hansen (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, "
+"2016) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Dutch translation is copyrighted by Frans Spiesschaert (2014, 2015, "
+"2016, 2017) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Japanese translation is copyrighted by victory (2016, 2017) and is "
+"released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Polish translation is copyrighted by Stanisław Krukowski (2016, 2017) "
+"and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Simplified Chinese translation is copyrighted by Ma Yong (2016, 2017), "
+"Boyuan Yang (2017) and Roy Zhang (2017) and is released under the GPL v2 or "
+"any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Translations of this document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Versions of this document translated into German, Italian, French, Danish, "
+"Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese are available. Incomplete translations "
+"exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese. There is an <ulink url="
+"\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online overview "
+"of shipped translations</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "HowTo translate this document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Translate using PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in "
+"PO files. More information about the process can be found in "
+"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-stretch-"
+"manual-translations</computeroutput>. The Git repository (see below) "
+"contains this file too. Take a look there and at the <ulink url=\"https://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Contribute/Translation/Conventions#\">language "
+"specific conventions</ulink> if you want to help translating this document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Alioth project "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. If your Alioth username differs "
+"from your local one, create or edit <computeroutput>~/.ssh/config</"
+"computeroutput>. Add a config block like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Host git.debian.org\n"
+"User <your-alioth-username>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Then check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> source "
+"using ssh access: <computeroutput>git clone git+ssh://git.debian.org/git/"
+"debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you only want to translate, you need to check out only a few files from "
+"Git (which can be done anonymously). Please file a bug against the debian-"
+"edu-doc package and attach the PO file to the <ulink url=\"http://bugs."
+"debian.org/debian-edu-doc\">bugreport</ulink>. See <ulink url=\"http://bugs."
+"debian.org\">instructions on how to submit bugs</ulink> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"You can check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> source "
+"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
+"<computeroutput>git</computeroutput> package installed for this to work):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<computeroutput>git clone git://anonscm.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc."
+"git</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Then edit the file <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-stretch/debian-"
+"edu-stretch-manual.$CC.po</computeroutput> (replacing $CC with your language "
+"code). There are many tools for translating available; we suggest using "
+"<computeroutput>lokalize</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Then you either commit the file directly to Git (if you have the rights to "
+"do so) or send the file to the bugreport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-stretch-manual-"
+"translations to find information how to create a new PO file for your "
+"language if there isn't one yet, and how to update translations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  <remark>
+#. status ignore</remark> 
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Please keep in mind that this manual is still under development, so don't "
+"translate any string which contains \" FIXME\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Basic information about Alioth (the host where our Git repository is "
+"located) and Git is available at <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/Alioth/"
+"Git\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If you are new to Git, look at the <ulink url=\"http://git-scm.com/book"
+"\">Pro Git</ulink> book; it has a chapter on the <ulink url=\"http://git-scm."
+"com/book/en/Git-Basics-Recording-Changes-to-the-Repository\">recording "
+"changes to the repository</ulink>. Also you might want to look at the "
+"<computeroutput>gitk</computeroutput> package that provides a GUI for Git."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Translate online using a web browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url="
+"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-"
+"stretch/\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid "Please report any problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: CDATA
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. Translations are available at https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0-translations.html."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-"
+"acht.org\">holger at layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link "
+"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of "
+"copyright owners."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
+"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
+"Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) "
+"any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
+"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
+"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for "
+"more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
+"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
+"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
+"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
+"distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not "
+"allowed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any program "
+"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
+"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License.  The "
+"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
+"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
+"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
+"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
+"language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
+"term \"modification\".)  Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
+"by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program "
+"is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its "
+"contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been "
+"made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the "
+"Program does."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
+"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
+"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
+"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
+"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
+"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
+"the Program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
+"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
+"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
+"Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms "
+"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
+"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
+"any change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
+"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
+"the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to "
+"all third parties under the terms of this License."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> If the modified program normally "
+"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
+"running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or "
+"display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a "
+"notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a "
+"warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these "
+"conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License.  "
+"(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print "
+"such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to "
+"print an announcement.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If identifiable "
+"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
+"reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then "
+"this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you "
+"distribute them as separate works.  But when you distribute the same "
+"sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the "
+"distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose "
+"permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each "
+"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
+"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
+"the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works "
+"based on the Program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
+"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
+"or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this "
+"License."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
+"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
+"executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you "
+"also do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
+"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
+"the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
+"software interchange; or,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
+"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
+"more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete "
+"machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed "
+"under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for "
+"software interchange; or,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
+"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code.  (This "
+"alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you "
+"received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, "
+"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
+"modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source code means all "
+"the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface "
+"definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and "
+"installation of the executable.  However, as a special exception, the source "
+"code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in "
+"either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, "
+"and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that "
+"component itself accompanies the executable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
+"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
+"source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, "
+"even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with "
+"the object code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
+"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
+"this License.  Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or "
+"distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights "
+"under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, "
+"from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long "
+"as such parties remain in full compliance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
+"License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you "
+"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works.  "
+"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  "
+"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
+"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
+"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program "
+"or works based on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
+"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
+"receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify "
+"the Program subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any "
+"further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted "
+"herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to "
+"this License."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
+"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
+"limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court "
+"order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this "
+"License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you "
+"cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under "
+"this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you "
+"may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent license "
+"would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who "
+"receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you "
+"could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from "
+"distribution of the Program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
+"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
+"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
+"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
+"this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free "
+"software distribution system, which is implemented by public license "
+"practices.  Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range "
+"of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent "
+"application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or "
+"she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a "
+"licensee cannot impose that choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
+"consequence of the rest of this License."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
+"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
+"copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program "
+"under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation "
+"excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or "
+"among countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates "
+"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
+"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
+"to time.  Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present "
+"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program "
+"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
+"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions "
+"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free "
+"Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of "
+"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software "
+"Foundation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
+"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"different, write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is "
+"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
+"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be "
+"guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of "
+"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software "
+"generally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
+"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
+"PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE "
+"COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT "
+"WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT "
+"LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A "
+"PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF "
+"THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE "
+"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
+"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
+"OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED "
+"ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, "
+"INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO "
+"USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING "
+"RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE "
+"OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR "
+"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Stretch yet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Stretch are not available at the moment, but are "
+"being worked on..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "XFCE desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Features of the Workstation image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
+"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
+"name you want.  To activate a given keyboard layout, use the "
+"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired "
+"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "German"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "de"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "French (France)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "fr"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Greek (Greece)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "el"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Japanese"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "jp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "se_NO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+msgid "no(smi)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
+"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by "
+"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though.  The "
+"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Stuff to know"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Known issues with the image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "There are no images yet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid "./images/sad.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase>
+msgid ":("
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Download"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"The image would be (but currently isn't) available via <ulink url=\"ftp://"
+"ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-stretch-live/\">FTP</ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp."
+"skolelinux.org/cd-stretch-live/\">HTTP</ulink> or rsync from "
+"<computeroutput>ftp.skolelinux.org</computeroutput> under <computeroutput>cd-"
+"stretch-live/</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"read the release announcement on www.debian.org: <ulink url=\"https://www."
+"debian.org/News/2016/20160702.en.html\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux Jessie — a "
+"complete Linux solution for your school</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"New version of debian-installer from Debian Jessie, see <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> "
+"for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 8 Jessie, eg:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Linux kernel 3.16.x"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 4.11.13, GNOME 3.14, Xfce 4.10, "
+"LXDE 0.5.6"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "new optional desktop environment: MATE 1.8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "the browsers Iceweasel 31 ESR and Chromium 41"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "LibreOffice 4.3.3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 14.12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 14.02"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "LTSP 5.5.4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"new boot framework: systemd. More information is available in the Debian "
+"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/systemd\">systemd wiki page</ulink> and "
+"in the<ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/"
+"\">systemd manual</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Debian Jessie includes about 42000 packages available for installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"More information about Debian 8 Jessie is provided in the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> "
+"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual"
+"\">installation manual</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Two manual translations have been completed: Dutch and Norwegian Bokmål."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Debian Edu Jessie Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian, "
+"Danish, Dutch and Norwegian Bokmål. A partly translated version exists for "
+"Spanish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>squid</emphasis>: Shutdown and reboot of the main server takes "
+"longer than before due to a new default setting "
+"<computeroutput>shutdown_lifetime 30 seconds</computeroutput>. As an example "
+"the delay could be set to 10 seconds by appending the line "
+"<computeroutput>shutdown_lifetime 10 seconds</computeroutput> to "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/squid3/squid.conf</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis>: The root user is no longer allowed to login via "
+"SSH with password. The old default <computeroutput>PermitRootLogin yes</"
+"computeroutput> has been replaced with <computeroutput>PermitRootLogin "
+"without-password</computeroutput>, so ssh-keys will still work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>slbackup-php</emphasis>: To be able to use the slbackup-php site "
+"(which uses root logins via ssh), <computeroutput>PermitRootLogin yes</"
+"computeroutput> has to be set temporarily in <computeroutput>/etc/ssh/"
+"sshd_config</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>sugar</emphasis>: As the Sugar desktop was removed from Debian "
+"Jessie, it is also not available in Debian Edu jessie."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "New features in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "User visible changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Updated artwork and new Debian Edu / Skolelinux logo, visible during "
+"installation, in the login screen and as desktop wallpaper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"New version of debian-installer from Debian Wheezy, see <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> "
+"for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The DVD image was dropped, instead we added a USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc "
+"image, which behaves like the DVD image, but is too big to fit on a DVD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Everything which is new in Debian Wheezy 7.1, eg:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Linux kernel 3.2.x"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Desktop environments KDE \"Plasma\" 4.8.4, GNOME 3.4, Xfce 4.8.6, and LXDE "
+"0.5.5 (KDE \"Plasma\" is installed by default; to choose GNOME, Xfce or "
+"LXDE: see manual.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Web browser Iceweasel 17 ESR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "LibreOffice 3.5.4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "LTSP 5.4.2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "CUPS print system 1.5.3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 12.01"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 12.04"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Image editor Gimp 2.8.2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Virtual universe Celestia 1.6.1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.11.3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Scratch visual programming environment 1.4.0.6"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Debian Wheezy includes about 37000 packages available for installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"More information about Debian Wheezy 7.1 is provided in the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> "
+"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual"
+"\">installation manual</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"The Debian Edu Wheezy Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian "
+"and Danish. Partly translated versions exist for Norwegian Bokmål and "
+"Spanish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "LDAP related changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Slight changes to some objects and acls to have more types to choose from "
+"when adding systems in GOsa. Now systems can be of type server, workstation, "
+"printer, terminal or netdevice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "Other changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "New Xfce desktop task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "LTSP diskless workstations run without any configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"On the dedicated client network of LTSP servers (default 192.168.0.0/24), "
+"machines run by default as diskless workstations if they are powerful enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"GOsa gui: Now some options that seemed to be available, but are non "
+"functional, are greyed out (or are not clickable). Some tabs are completely "
+"hidden to the end user, others even to the GOsa admin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Using KDE \"Plasma\" on standalone and roaming workstations, at least "
+"Konqueror, Chromium and Step sometimes fail to work out-of-the box when the "
+"machines are used outside the backbone network, proxy use is required to use "
+"the other network but no wpad.dat information is found. Workaround: Use "
+"Iceweasel or configure the proxy manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+msgid "Historic information about older releases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch "
+"released 2007-04-08."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released "
+"2005-06-06."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody "
+"released 2002-07-19."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink "
+"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC"
+"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release "
+"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation"
+"\">release manuals page</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+msgid "More information on even older releases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+msgid ""
+"More information on even older releases can be found at <ulink url=\"http://"
+"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/>."
+msgstr ""

-- 
Alioth's /usr/local/bin/git-commit-notice on /srv/git.debian.org/git/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git